1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
19 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
20 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
21 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
22 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
32 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
33 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
35 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
36 #include "gtkaccelmapprivate.h"
37 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
38 #include "gtkcssstylepropertyprivate.h"
39 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
41 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
42 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
43 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
44 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
45 #include "gtksizerequestcacheprivate.h"
46 #include "gtkwidget.h"
47 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
48 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
49 #include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
50 #include "gtkbindings.h"
51 #include "gtkprivate.h"
52 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
53 #include "gtktooltip.h"
54 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
55 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
56 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
57 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
58 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
59 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
60 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
61 #include "gtkversion.h"
64 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
65 #include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
69 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
72 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
73 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
75 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
76 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
78 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
79 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
80 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
81 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
82 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
83 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
85 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
86 * of five virtual methods:
88 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
89 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
90 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
92 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
95 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
96 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
98 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
99 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
100 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
101 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
103 * For example, when queried in the normal
104 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
105 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
106 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
107 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
108 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
109 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
110 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
111 * minimum height contextual to that width using
112 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
113 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
114 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
115 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
117 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
118 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
119 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
120 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
121 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
122 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
123 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
124 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
125 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
126 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
127 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
128 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
129 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
131 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
132 * geometry management section</link>
133 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
134 * by container widgets.
136 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
137 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
138 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
139 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
141 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
142 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
143 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
144 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
145 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
146 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
147 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
149 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
150 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
152 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
154 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
156 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
160 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
161 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
162 * min_height, nat_height);
166 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
167 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
170 * ]]></programlisting>
172 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
173 * the minimum and natural width:
175 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
177 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
178 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
180 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
182 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
186 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
187 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
188 * height calculation here.
191 * ]]></programlisting>
193 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
194 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
195 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
196 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
197 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
199 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
201 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
206 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
207 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
208 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
209 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
210 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
211 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
212 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
215 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
216 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
217 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
218 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
219 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
222 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
223 * <title>Style Properties</title>
225 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
226 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
227 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
228 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
229 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
230 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
231 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
234 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
235 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
236 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
237 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
238 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
241 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
242 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
244 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
245 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
246 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
249 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
250 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
251 * <object class="GtkButton">
252 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
254 * ]]></programlisting>
257 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
258 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
259 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
260 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
263 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
264 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
265 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
266 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
268 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
270 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
271 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
273 * <child internal-child="accessible">
274 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
275 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
279 * ]]></programlisting>
282 * Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
283 * be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
285 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title>
286 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
287 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
289 * <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
290 * <class name="dark-button"/>
293 * ]]></programlisting>
299 /* Add flags here that should not be propagated to children. By default,
300 * all flags will be set on children (think prelight or active), but we
301 * might want to not do this for some.
303 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
304 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (~GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE)
306 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
308 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS 7
310 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
312 /* The state of the widget. Needs to be able to hold all GtkStateFlags bits
313 * (defined in "gtkenums.h").
315 guint state_flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
319 guint in_destruction : 1;
322 guint composite_child : 1;
330 guint can_default : 1;
331 guint has_default : 1;
332 guint receives_default : 1;
335 guint style_update_pending : 1;
336 guint app_paintable : 1;
337 guint double_buffered : 1;
338 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
339 guint no_show_all : 1;
340 guint child_visible : 1;
341 guint multidevice : 1;
342 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
343 guint in_reparent : 1;
345 /* Queue-resize related flags */
346 guint alloc_needed : 1;
348 /* Expand-related flags */
349 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
350 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
351 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
352 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
354 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
355 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
357 /* SizeGroup related flags */
358 guint have_size_groups : 1;
360 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
361 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
362 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
363 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
364 * the style to use for a widget.
368 /* The list of attached windows to this widget.
369 * We keep a list in order to call reset_style to all of them,
371 GList *attached_windows;
373 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
374 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
375 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
376 * the font to use for text.
379 GtkStyleContext *context;
381 /* Widget's path for styling */
384 /* The widget's allocated size */
385 GtkAllocation allocation;
387 /* The widget's requested sizes */
388 SizeRequestCache requests;
390 /* actions attached to this or any parent widget */
393 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
394 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
395 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
399 /* The widget's parent */
402 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
403 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
404 guint verifying_invariants_count;
405 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
408 struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
410 GType accessible_type;
411 AtkRole accessible_role;
440 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
454 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
455 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
456 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
457 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
462 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
476 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
501 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
502 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
510 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
525 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
528 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
535 guint flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
539 /* --- prototypes --- */
540 static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
541 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
542 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
543 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
544 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
548 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
552 static void gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object);
553 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
554 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
555 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
556 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
557 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
558 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
559 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
560 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
561 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
562 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
563 GtkAllocation *allocation);
564 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
565 GtkStyle *previous_style);
566 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
567 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
569 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
570 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
573 gboolean keyboard_tip,
574 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
575 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
576 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
577 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
579 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
581 GParamSpec **pspecs);
582 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
584 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
586 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
587 GdkEventFocus *event);
588 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
589 GdkEventFocus *event);
590 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
591 GdkEventTouch *event);
592 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
593 GtkDirectionType direction);
594 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
595 GtkDirectionType direction);
596 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
597 GtkDirectionType direction);
598 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
599 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
600 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
601 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
603 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
604 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
605 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
607 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
608 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
609 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
612 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
614 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
615 gboolean group_cycling);
616 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
619 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
622 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
624 gint *minimum_height,
625 gint *natural_height);
626 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
629 gint *natural_width);
630 static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
631 GtkStateFlags old_state);
632 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
633 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo* gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
635 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
636 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
637 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
638 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
639 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
640 cairo_region_t *region);
641 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
642 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
645 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
646 gboolean has_tooltip,
648 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
649 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
651 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
652 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
654 const gchar *childname);
655 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
658 const GValue *value);
659 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
662 const gchar *tagname,
663 GMarkupParser *parser,
665 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
668 const gchar *tagname,
670 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
671 GtkBuilder *builder);
673 static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
674 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
677 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
681 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
684 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
685 GtkOrientation orientation,
688 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
689 GtkOrientation orientation,
693 gint *allocated_size);
695 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
698 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
700 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
703 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
707 static gboolean event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
709 /* --- variables --- */
710 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
711 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
712 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
713 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
714 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
716 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
717 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
718 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
719 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
720 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
721 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
722 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
723 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
724 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
725 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
726 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
727 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
728 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
729 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
730 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
731 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
732 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
733 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
734 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
735 static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
736 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
737 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
739 /* --- functions --- */
741 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
743 static GType widget_type = 0;
745 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
747 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
749 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
750 gtk_widget_base_class_init,
751 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
752 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
753 NULL, /* class_finalize */
754 NULL, /* class_init */
757 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
758 NULL, /* value_table */
761 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
763 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
764 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
765 NULL /* interface data */
768 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
770 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
771 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
772 NULL /* interface data */
775 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
776 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
778 g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
780 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
781 &accessibility_info) ;
782 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
790 gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
792 GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
794 klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
798 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
802 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
805 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
806 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
807 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
810 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
811 GValue *return_value,
812 guint n_param_values,
813 const GValue *param_values,
814 gpointer invocation_hint,
815 gpointer marshal_data)
817 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
821 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
832 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv (GClosure *closure,
833 GValue *return_value,
836 gpointer marshal_data,
843 G_VA_COPY (args_copy, args);
844 cr = va_arg (args_copy, gpointer);
848 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv (closure,
862 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
864 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
865 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
866 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
868 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
870 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
871 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
872 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
873 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
874 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
875 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
876 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
877 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
878 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
879 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
880 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
881 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
882 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
883 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
884 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
885 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
886 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
887 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
888 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
889 quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
891 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
892 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
893 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
894 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
895 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
897 gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
898 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
899 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
900 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
901 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
903 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
905 klass->activate_signal = 0;
906 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
907 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
908 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
909 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
910 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
911 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
912 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
913 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
914 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
915 klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
916 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
917 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
918 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
919 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
920 klass->state_changed = NULL;
921 klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
922 klass->parent_set = NULL;
923 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
924 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
925 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
926 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
927 klass->child_notify = NULL;
929 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
930 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
931 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
932 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
933 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
935 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
936 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
937 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
938 klass->touch_event = gtk_widget_real_touch_event;
939 klass->delete_event = NULL;
940 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
941 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
942 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
943 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
944 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
945 klass->configure_event = NULL;
946 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
947 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
948 klass->map_event = NULL;
949 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
950 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
951 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
952 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
953 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
954 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
955 klass->selection_received = NULL;
956 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
957 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
958 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
959 klass->drag_end = NULL;
960 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
961 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
962 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
963 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
964 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
965 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
966 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
967 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
968 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
969 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
971 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
973 /* Accessibility support */
974 klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
975 klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
976 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
978 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
979 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
981 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
983 g_param_spec_string ("name",
985 P_("The name of the widget"),
987 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
988 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
990 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
992 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
994 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
996 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
998 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
1000 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1004 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1005 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1006 PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
1007 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
1008 P_("Height request"),
1009 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1013 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1014 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1016 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
1018 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
1020 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1021 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1023 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
1025 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
1027 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1028 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1030 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
1031 P_("Application paintable"),
1032 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
1034 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1035 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1037 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
1039 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
1041 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1042 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1044 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
1046 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
1048 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1049 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1051 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
1053 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
1055 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1056 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1058 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
1060 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
1062 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1063 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1065 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
1067 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
1069 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1070 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1071 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
1072 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
1073 P_("Receives default"),
1074 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
1076 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1077 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1078 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
1079 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
1080 P_("Composite child"),
1081 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1083 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1084 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1086 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1088 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1090 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1091 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1093 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1095 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1096 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1098 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1099 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1101 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1103 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1105 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1108 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1110 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1111 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1112 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1113 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1115 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1116 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1117 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1118 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1122 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1124 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1126 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1128 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1130 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1132 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1134 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1136 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1137 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1138 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1139 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1143 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1145 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1147 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1149 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1151 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1153 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1154 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1155 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1157 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1158 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1159 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1160 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1164 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1165 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1166 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1167 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1168 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1170 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1175 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1179 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1181 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1183 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1185 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1188 * GtkWidget:double-buffered:
1190 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1194 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1195 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1196 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1197 P_("Double Buffered"),
1198 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1200 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1205 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1209 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1211 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1212 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1213 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1216 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1221 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1225 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1227 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1228 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1229 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1232 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1235 * GtkWidget:margin-left:
1237 * Margin on left side of widget.
1239 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1240 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1241 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1245 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1247 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1248 P_("Margin on Left"),
1249 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1253 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1256 * GtkWidget:margin-right:
1258 * Margin on right side of widget.
1260 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1261 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1262 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1266 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1268 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1269 P_("Margin on Right"),
1270 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1274 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1277 * GtkWidget:margin-top:
1279 * Margin on top side of widget.
1281 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1282 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1283 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1287 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1289 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1290 P_("Margin on Top"),
1291 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1295 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1298 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
1300 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1302 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1303 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1304 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1308 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1310 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1311 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1312 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1316 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1321 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1322 * margin on any side.
1326 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1328 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1330 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1334 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1337 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1338 * @object: the object which received the signal
1340 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1341 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1342 * if all references are released.
1344 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1345 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1346 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1347 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1348 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1350 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1354 * GtkWidget:hexpand:
1356 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1360 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1362 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1363 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1364 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1366 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1369 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
1371 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1375 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1377 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1378 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1379 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1381 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1384 * GtkWidget:vexpand:
1386 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1390 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1392 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1393 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1394 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1396 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1399 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
1401 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1405 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1407 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1408 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1409 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1411 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1416 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1420 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1422 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1424 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1426 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1430 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1432 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1433 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1434 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1436 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1438 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1443 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1445 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1446 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1447 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1449 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1451 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1456 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1458 widget_signals[MAP] =
1459 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1460 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1462 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1464 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1469 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1471 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1472 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1473 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1475 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1477 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1481 * GtkWidget::realize:
1482 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1484 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1485 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1486 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1488 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1490 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1494 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1495 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1497 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1498 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1499 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1501 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1503 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1507 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1508 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1511 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1512 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1513 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1515 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1517 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1519 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1522 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1523 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1524 * @state: the previous state
1526 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1527 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1529 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1531 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1532 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1533 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1535 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1537 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1539 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1542 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1543 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1544 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1546 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1547 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1551 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1552 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1553 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1555 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1557 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1559 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1562 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1563 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1564 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1565 * just got its initial parent.
1567 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1568 * has been set on a widget.
1570 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1571 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1572 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1574 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1576 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1581 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1582 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1583 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1584 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1586 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1587 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1588 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1589 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1590 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1592 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1593 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1594 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1596 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1598 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1603 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1604 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1605 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1606 * just got its initial style
1608 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1609 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1610 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1612 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1613 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1614 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1616 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1618 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1619 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1620 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1622 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1624 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1629 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1630 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1632 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1633 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1634 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1638 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1639 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1640 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1642 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1644 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1648 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1649 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1650 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1652 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1653 * of a widget changes.
1655 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1656 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1657 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1659 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1661 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1663 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1666 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1667 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1668 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1669 * if it becomes unshadowed
1671 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1672 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1673 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1676 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1677 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1680 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1681 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1682 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1684 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1686 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1691 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1692 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1693 * @child_property: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1695 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1696 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1697 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1699 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1700 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1701 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1702 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1703 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1705 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1711 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1712 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1714 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1715 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1716 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1717 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1718 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1720 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1721 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1722 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1723 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1725 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1726 % %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1730 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1731 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1732 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1734 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1735 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1736 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1738 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1739 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DRAW], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1740 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv);
1743 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1744 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1747 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1748 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1750 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1751 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1752 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1754 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1755 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1756 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1761 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1762 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1764 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1765 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1766 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1767 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1768 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1770 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1775 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1778 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1780 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1781 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1782 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1784 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1785 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1786 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1788 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1791 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1792 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1795 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1796 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1797 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1798 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1799 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1801 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1804 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1807 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1808 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1809 * @direction: the direction of movement
1811 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1812 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1814 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1815 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1816 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1820 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1821 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1822 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1824 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1825 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1826 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1828 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1832 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1833 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1835 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1836 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1837 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1838 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1839 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1841 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1842 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1843 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1844 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1847 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1848 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1849 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1851 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1852 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1853 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1855 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1856 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1857 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1860 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1861 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1862 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1864 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1865 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1866 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1869 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1870 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1871 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1875 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1877 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1878 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1879 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1882 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1883 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1884 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1887 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1888 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1890 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1891 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1893 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1895 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1896 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1898 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1899 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1900 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1902 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1903 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1904 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1906 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1907 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1908 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1911 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1912 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1913 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1916 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1917 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1919 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1920 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1922 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1924 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1925 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1927 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1928 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1929 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1931 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1932 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1933 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1935 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1936 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1937 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1939 widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT] =
1940 g_signal_new (I_("touch-event"),
1941 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1943 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, touch_event),
1944 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1945 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1947 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1948 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1949 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1952 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1953 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1954 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1957 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1958 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1959 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1961 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1962 * to enable the #GDK_SCROLL_MASK mask.
1964 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1966 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1967 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1969 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1970 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1971 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1973 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1974 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1975 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1977 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1978 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1979 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1982 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1983 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1984 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1987 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1988 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1990 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1991 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1993 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1995 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1996 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1998 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1999 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
2000 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2002 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
2003 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2004 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2006 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2007 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2008 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2011 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
2012 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2014 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
2015 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
2016 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
2018 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
2019 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
2020 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2021 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2022 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
2024 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2028 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
2029 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2030 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2032 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
2033 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
2034 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
2035 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
2036 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
2038 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2039 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2041 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
2042 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
2043 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2045 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
2046 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2047 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2049 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2050 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2051 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2054 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
2055 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2056 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2058 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
2059 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
2060 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
2061 * window at destroy time.
2063 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2064 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2065 * automatically for all new windows.
2067 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2068 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2070 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
2071 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
2072 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2074 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
2075 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2076 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2078 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2079 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2080 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2083 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
2084 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2085 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2087 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
2088 * emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
2090 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2091 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
2093 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2095 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2096 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2098 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
2099 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
2100 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2102 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
2103 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2104 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2106 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2107 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2108 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2111 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
2112 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2113 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2115 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
2117 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2118 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
2120 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2122 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2123 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2125 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2126 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2127 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2129 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2130 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2131 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2133 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2134 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2135 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2138 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2139 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2140 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2143 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2144 * the @widget's window.
2146 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2147 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2149 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2151 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2152 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2154 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2155 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2156 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2158 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2159 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2160 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2162 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2163 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2164 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2167 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2168 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2169 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2172 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2173 * the @widget's window.
2175 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2176 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2178 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2180 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2181 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2183 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2184 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2185 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2187 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2188 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2189 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2191 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2192 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2193 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2196 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2197 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2198 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2201 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2202 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2204 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2205 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2206 * automatically for all new windows.
2208 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2209 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2211 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2212 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2213 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2215 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2216 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2217 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2219 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2220 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2221 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2224 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2225 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2226 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2229 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2230 * enters the @widget's window.
2232 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2233 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2235 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2236 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2238 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2239 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2240 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2242 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2243 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2244 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2246 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2247 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2248 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2251 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2252 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2253 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2256 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2257 * leaves the @widget's window.
2259 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2260 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2262 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2263 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2265 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2266 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2267 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2269 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2270 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2271 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2273 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2274 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2275 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2278 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2279 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2280 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2282 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2283 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2285 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2286 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2287 * automatically for all new windows.
2289 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2290 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2292 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2293 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2294 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2296 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2297 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2298 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2300 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2301 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2302 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2305 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2306 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2307 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2309 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2310 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2312 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2313 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2314 * automatically for all new windows.
2316 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2317 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2319 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2320 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2321 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2323 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2324 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2325 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2327 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2328 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2329 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2332 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2333 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2334 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2337 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2338 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2340 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2341 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2343 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2344 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2346 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2347 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2348 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2350 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2351 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2352 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2354 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2355 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2356 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2359 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2360 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2361 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2364 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2365 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2367 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2368 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2370 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2371 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2372 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2374 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2375 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2376 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2378 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2379 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2380 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2383 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2384 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2385 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2388 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2389 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2390 * the @widget's window.
2392 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2393 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2395 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2396 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2397 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2399 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2400 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2401 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2403 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2404 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2405 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2408 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2409 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2410 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
2412 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2414 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2415 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2416 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2418 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2419 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2420 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2422 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2423 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2424 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2427 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2428 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2432 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2433 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2434 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2436 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2438 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2440 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2444 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2445 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2450 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2451 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2452 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2454 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2456 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2458 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2463 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2464 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2465 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2468 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2469 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2471 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2473 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2474 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2476 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2477 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2478 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2480 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2481 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2482 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2484 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2485 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2486 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2489 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2490 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2491 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2494 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2495 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2497 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2499 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2500 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2502 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2503 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2504 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2506 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2507 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2508 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2510 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2511 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2512 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2515 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2516 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2517 * @context: the drag context
2518 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2520 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2521 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2522 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2523 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2525 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2526 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2527 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2529 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2531 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2533 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2537 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2538 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2539 * @context: the drag context
2541 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2542 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2543 * custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf().
2545 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2546 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2547 * override what the default handler did.
2549 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2550 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2551 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2553 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2555 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2557 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2560 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2561 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2562 * @context: the drag context
2564 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2565 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2566 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2568 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2569 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2570 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2572 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2574 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2576 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2579 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2580 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2581 * @context: the drag context
2583 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2584 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2585 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2586 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2588 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2589 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2590 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2592 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2594 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2596 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2599 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2600 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2601 * @context: the drag context
2602 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2604 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2605 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2606 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2607 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2608 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2610 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2614 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2615 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2616 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2618 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2619 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2620 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2622 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2623 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2626 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2627 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2628 * @context: the drag context
2629 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2630 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2631 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2633 * The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2634 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2635 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2636 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2637 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2638 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2639 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2641 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2642 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2643 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2644 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2645 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2646 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2647 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2649 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2650 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2651 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2652 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2653 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2656 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2657 * GdkDragContext *context,
2664 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2666 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2668 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2669 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2672 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2673 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2674 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2677 * private_data->pending_status = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
2678 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2685 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2686 * GdkDragContext *context,
2689 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2693 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2695 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2697 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2699 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2700 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2701 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
2704 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2705 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2706 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2708 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2712 * /* accept the drop */
2717 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2719 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2720 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2721 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2723 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2724 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2725 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2727 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2733 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2734 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2735 * @context: the drag context
2736 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2737 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2738 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2740 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2741 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2742 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2743 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2744 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2745 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2746 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2747 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2748 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2749 * or more of the supported targets.
2751 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2753 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2754 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2755 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2757 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2758 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2759 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2761 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2767 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2768 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2769 * @context: the drag context
2770 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2771 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2773 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2775 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2776 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2777 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2778 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2779 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2781 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2782 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2783 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2785 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2787 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2789 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2790 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2795 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2796 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2797 * @context: the drag context
2798 * @x: where the drop happened
2799 * @y: where the drop happened
2800 * @data: the received data
2801 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2803 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2805 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2806 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2807 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2808 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2809 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2810 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2811 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2812 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on
2813 * whether the data was processed successfully.
2815 * The handler may inspect the selected action with
2816 * gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling
2817 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as
2818 * shown in the following example:
2821 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2822 * GdkDragContext *context,
2825 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2829 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2831 * GdkDragAction action;
2833 * /* handle data here */
2835 * action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
2836 * if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2838 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2841 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2842 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2843 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2845 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2846 * "Move the data ?\n");
2847 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2848 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2850 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2851 * action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2853 * action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2856 * gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
2859 * gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2863 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2864 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2865 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2867 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2869 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2871 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2874 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2879 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2880 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2881 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2882 * triggered this signal.
2884 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2885 * is obscured or unobscured.
2887 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2888 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2890 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2891 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2893 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2894 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2895 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2897 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2898 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2899 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2901 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2904 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2905 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2906 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2907 * triggered this signal.
2909 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2910 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2912 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2913 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2914 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2916 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2917 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2919 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2920 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2921 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2923 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2924 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2925 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2927 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2928 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2929 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2932 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2933 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2934 * @event: (type Gdk.EventExpose): the #GdkEventExpose event
2936 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2937 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2938 * drawable was drawn into.
2940 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2941 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2945 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2946 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2947 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2949 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2950 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2951 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2953 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2954 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2955 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2958 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2959 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2960 * @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2962 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2963 * to @widget gets broken.
2965 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2966 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2967 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2969 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2970 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2974 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2975 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2976 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2978 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2979 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2980 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2982 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2983 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2984 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2987 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2988 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2989 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2990 * been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
2991 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2992 * been emitted, relative to @widget's top
2993 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2994 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2996 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2997 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2998 * focus in keyboard mode.
3000 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
3001 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
3002 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
3003 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
3004 * should not be used.
3006 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
3007 * destined function calls.
3009 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
3013 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
3014 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
3015 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3017 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
3018 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3019 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
3027 * GtkWidget::popup-menu:
3028 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3030 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
3031 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
3032 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
3033 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
3034 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
3035 * for an example of how to use this signal.
3037 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
3039 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
3040 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
3041 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3042 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3043 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
3044 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3045 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
3049 * GtkWidget::show-help:
3050 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3053 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
3054 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
3056 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
3057 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
3058 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3059 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3060 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
3061 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3062 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
3064 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
3067 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
3068 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3070 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
3071 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
3072 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3076 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
3080 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
3081 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
3082 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
3083 * widget was not associated with a screen before
3085 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
3086 * screen of a widget has changed.
3088 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
3089 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
3090 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3092 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
3094 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
3099 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
3100 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3101 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
3103 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
3104 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
3105 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
3106 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
3107 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
3109 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
3111 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
3112 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
3113 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3115 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
3116 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3117 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
3118 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
3120 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
3121 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3123 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
3126 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3128 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3129 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3130 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3132 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3133 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3134 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3136 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3137 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3138 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3140 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3141 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3143 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3144 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
3145 P_("Interior Focus"),
3146 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
3148 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3150 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3151 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
3152 P_("Focus linewidth"),
3153 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
3155 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3157 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3158 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3159 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3160 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3162 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3163 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3164 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3165 P_("Focus padding"),
3166 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3168 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3169 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3170 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3172 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3174 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3175 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3176 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3177 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3178 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3180 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3181 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3182 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3183 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3184 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3186 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3188 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3189 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3190 P_("Window dragging"),
3191 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3193 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3196 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3198 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3202 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3203 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3204 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3205 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3207 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3210 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3212 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3216 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3217 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3218 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3219 P_("Color of visited links"),
3221 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3224 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3226 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3227 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3231 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3232 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3233 P_("Wide Separators"),
3234 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3236 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3239 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3241 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3242 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3246 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3247 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3248 P_("Separator Width"),
3249 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3251 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3254 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3256 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3257 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3261 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3262 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3263 P_("Separator Height"),
3264 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3266 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3269 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3271 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3272 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3276 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3277 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3278 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3279 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3281 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3284 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3286 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3287 * vertical scroll arrows.
3291 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3292 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3293 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3294 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3296 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3298 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3299 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-width",
3300 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3301 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3303 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3304 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3305 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-height",
3306 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3307 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3309 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3311 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3313 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
3317 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3321 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3322 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3324 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3326 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3327 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3333 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3335 const GValue *value,
3338 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3343 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3344 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3345 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3348 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3351 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3353 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3354 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3356 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3357 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3360 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3362 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3363 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3365 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3366 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3368 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3369 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3371 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3372 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3373 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3376 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3377 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3379 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3380 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3382 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3383 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3384 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3386 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3387 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3390 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3393 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3394 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3396 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3397 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3399 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3400 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3401 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3403 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3404 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3405 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3407 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3408 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3410 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3412 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3413 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3416 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3417 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3419 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3420 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3421 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3422 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3424 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3425 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3427 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3429 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3430 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3432 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3433 tooltip_text = NULL;
3435 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3437 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3438 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3440 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3441 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3442 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3443 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3445 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3446 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3449 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3452 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3454 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3455 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3457 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3458 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3460 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3461 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3463 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3464 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3467 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3468 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3469 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3470 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3471 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3472 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3475 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3477 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3478 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3481 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3483 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3484 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3487 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3488 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3489 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3490 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3493 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3499 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3504 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3505 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3513 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3515 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3518 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3520 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3523 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3524 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3527 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3530 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3531 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3535 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3537 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3538 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3540 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3541 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3543 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3544 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3546 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3547 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3550 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3552 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3553 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3555 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3556 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3558 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3559 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3561 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3562 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3565 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3568 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3569 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3571 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3572 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3574 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3575 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3577 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3579 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3582 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3583 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3585 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3588 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3589 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3592 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3594 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3595 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3598 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3601 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3603 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3604 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3606 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3607 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3609 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3610 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3612 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3613 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3617 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3618 if (aux_info == NULL)
3620 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3624 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3625 aux_info->margin.right),
3626 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3627 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3632 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3634 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3635 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3638 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3640 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3641 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3644 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3645 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3646 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3649 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3655 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3657 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3659 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3662 priv = widget->priv;
3664 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3666 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3667 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3668 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3669 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3670 priv->window = NULL;
3671 priv->parent = NULL;
3673 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3674 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3675 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3676 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3677 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3679 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3680 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3681 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3683 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3684 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3686 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3688 _gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
3690 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3691 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3696 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3698 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3700 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3701 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3704 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3705 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3709 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3710 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3712 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3713 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3716 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3719 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3721 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3723 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3726 g_object_ref (widget);
3727 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3728 g_object_unref (widget);
3732 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3733 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3734 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3735 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3737 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3738 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3741 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3743 * Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
3746 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3747 const gchar *child_property)
3749 if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
3752 gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
3756 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3757 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3759 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3760 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3764 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3766 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3768 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3770 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3773 g_object_ref (widget);
3774 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3775 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3776 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3777 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3779 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3780 g_object_unref (widget);
3786 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3787 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3788 * @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3791 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3792 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3793 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3794 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3795 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3796 * cast the object yourself.
3798 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3801 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3802 const gchar *first_property_name,
3808 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3810 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3811 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3818 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3820 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3823 parent = priv->parent;
3824 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3825 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3828 priv->allocation.width,
3829 priv->allocation.height);
3833 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3834 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3836 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3837 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3838 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3841 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3843 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3844 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3845 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3846 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3848 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3850 priv = widget->priv;
3852 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3855 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3857 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3859 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3860 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3862 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3863 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3864 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3866 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3867 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3869 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3871 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3872 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3873 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3874 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3876 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3877 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3879 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3881 if (priv->in_reparent)
3882 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3884 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3887 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3888 * to emit hierarchy changed
3890 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3891 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3895 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3896 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3897 * in the next parent.
3899 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3901 old_parent = priv->parent;
3902 priv->parent = NULL;
3904 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3905 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3908 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3909 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3910 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3911 priv->computed_vexpand))
3913 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3916 /* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
3917 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
3919 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
3921 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
3923 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3926 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3927 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3930 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3931 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3932 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3933 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3935 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3937 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3938 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3940 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3941 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3943 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3944 g_object_unref (widget);
3948 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3949 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3951 * Destroys a widget.
3954 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3955 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3956 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3957 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3958 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3959 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3960 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3961 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3963 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3964 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3965 * be destroyed as well.
3968 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3970 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3972 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3973 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3977 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3978 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3979 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3981 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3982 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3983 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3984 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3985 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3986 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3987 * of the same dialog.
3990 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3991 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3993 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3995 * Even check widget_pointer.
3998 *widget_pointer = NULL;
4003 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4005 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
4006 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
4007 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
4008 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
4010 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
4011 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
4013 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
4014 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
4015 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
4018 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4020 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4022 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4024 g_object_ref (widget);
4025 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4027 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4028 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4030 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
4033 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4034 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4035 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4037 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
4038 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
4041 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
4042 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4044 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4045 g_object_unref (widget);
4050 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4052 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4054 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4056 priv->visible = TRUE;
4059 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
4060 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
4061 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4062 gtk_widget_map (widget);
4067 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
4070 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
4071 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
4076 * gtk_widget_show_now:
4077 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4079 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
4080 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
4081 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
4082 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
4086 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
4090 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4092 /* make sure we will get event */
4093 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
4094 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4096 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4098 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
4099 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
4103 gtk_main_iteration ();
4106 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4111 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4113 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
4114 * hidden (invisible to the user).
4117 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4121 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4123 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
4125 g_object_ref (widget);
4126 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4128 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
4129 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
4131 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
4132 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4133 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4134 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4136 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
4139 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
4140 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4141 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4142 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4144 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4145 g_object_unref (widget);
4150 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4152 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4154 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
4156 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4157 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4162 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4163 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4165 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4166 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4167 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4168 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4169 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4170 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4173 * Return value: %TRUE
4176 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4178 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4180 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4186 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4187 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4189 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4193 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4195 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4197 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4199 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4202 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4204 if (class->show_all)
4205 class->show_all (widget);
4210 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4212 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4213 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4216 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4218 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4220 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4221 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4222 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4224 priv = widget->priv;
4226 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4228 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4230 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4231 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4233 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4235 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4236 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4238 if (widget->priv->context)
4239 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4241 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4247 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4249 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4250 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4253 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4255 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4257 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4259 priv = widget->priv;
4261 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4263 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4265 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4266 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4267 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4269 if (widget->priv->context)
4270 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4272 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4274 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4276 /* Unset pointer/window info */
4277 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
4282 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4284 GHashTable *device_events;
4285 GHashTableIter iter;
4286 gpointer key, value;
4288 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4293 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4295 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4298 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4301 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4302 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4307 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4309 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4311 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4312 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4314 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4316 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4319 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4321 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4323 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4325 if (widget != window_widget)
4328 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4329 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4333 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4334 last = g_list_last (last);
4338 g_list_free (window_list);
4344 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4347 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4348 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4352 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4355 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4356 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4360 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4365 GList *window_list, *l;
4367 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4369 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4371 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4377 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4379 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4382 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4385 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4387 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4390 g_list_free (window_list);
4394 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4397 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4399 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4401 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4402 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4406 * gtk_widget_realize:
4407 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4409 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4410 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4411 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4412 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4413 * realized and mapped automatically.
4415 * Realizing a widget requires all
4416 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4417 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4418 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4419 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4421 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4422 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4423 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4424 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4425 * #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4426 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4429 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4431 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4432 cairo_region_t *region;
4434 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4435 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4436 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4438 priv = widget->priv;
4440 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4442 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4445 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4446 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4449 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4450 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4451 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4452 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4453 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4455 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4456 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4458 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4460 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4461 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4463 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4465 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4466 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4469 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4471 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4472 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4475 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4477 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4479 if (priv->multidevice)
4480 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4482 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4483 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4485 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4490 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4491 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4493 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4494 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4495 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4498 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4500 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4502 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4504 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4505 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4507 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4508 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4510 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4512 g_object_ref (widget);
4514 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4515 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4517 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4518 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4519 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4521 g_object_unref (widget);
4524 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4527 /*****************************************
4529 *****************************************/
4532 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4533 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4534 * @region: region to draw
4536 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4537 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4538 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4539 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4540 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4543 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4544 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4545 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4550 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4551 const cairo_region_t *region)
4553 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4556 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4558 priv = widget->priv;
4560 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4563 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4564 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4565 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4568 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4572 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4573 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4574 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4575 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4576 * @width: width of region to draw
4577 * @height: height of region to draw
4579 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4580 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4582 * The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
4583 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
4584 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
4585 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
4586 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
4589 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4596 cairo_region_t *region;
4598 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4603 rect.height = height;
4605 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4606 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4607 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4611 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4612 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4614 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4615 * entire area of a widget.
4618 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4622 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4624 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4626 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4627 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4628 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4630 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4631 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4635 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4636 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4638 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4639 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4640 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4641 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4642 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4644 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4645 * from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4646 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4647 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4650 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4652 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4654 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4655 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
4657 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4661 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4662 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4664 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4665 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4670 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4672 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4674 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4678 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4679 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4680 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4682 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4683 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4684 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4685 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4687 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4688 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4689 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4690 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4692 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4693 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4695 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4698 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4699 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4701 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4703 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4707 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4708 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4709 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4711 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4712 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4713 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4714 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4717 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4718 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4719 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4720 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4721 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4723 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4724 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4725 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4726 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4727 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4728 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4731 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4734 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4735 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4737 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4741 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4746 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4748 return (user_data == data);
4751 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4752 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4753 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4754 * modified by this call.
4757 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4758 cairo_region_t *region)
4760 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4762 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4765 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4769 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4770 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4773 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4774 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4778 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4779 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4780 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4782 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4783 * and position to their child widgets.
4785 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4786 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4787 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4788 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4789 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4792 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4793 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4795 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4796 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4797 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4798 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4799 gboolean alloc_needed;
4800 gboolean size_changed;
4801 gboolean position_changed;
4802 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4803 gint min_width, min_height;
4805 priv = widget->priv;
4807 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4809 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4811 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4812 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4823 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4826 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4827 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4828 2 * depth, " ", name,
4829 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4831 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4833 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4834 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4835 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4837 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4838 real_allocation = *allocation;
4840 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4841 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4843 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4844 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4845 * when aligning implicitly.
4847 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4848 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &min_height, &natural_height);
4852 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4853 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4854 * when aligning implicitly.
4856 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4857 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &min_width, &natural_width);
4860 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4861 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4863 if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
4864 !GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
4865 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
4866 "Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
4867 priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
4868 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4869 real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4870 min_width, min_height);
4873 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4874 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4875 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4876 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4879 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4880 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4881 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4882 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4885 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4886 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4888 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4889 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4890 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4891 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4892 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4893 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4895 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4896 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4897 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4898 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4899 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4903 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4906 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4908 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4909 real_allocation.width,
4910 real_allocation.height);
4913 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4914 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4916 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4917 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4918 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4919 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4921 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4924 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4926 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4927 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4929 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4931 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
4933 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
4935 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4936 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4938 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4939 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4944 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
4946 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
4948 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4949 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4951 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4952 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4957 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
4958 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
4960 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
4961 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
4962 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4966 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4970 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4971 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4972 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4974 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4975 * is closest to the two widgets.
4977 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4978 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4979 * share a common ancestor.
4982 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4983 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4985 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4986 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4990 parent_a = widget_a;
4991 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
4993 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
4997 parent_b = widget_b;
4998 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
5000 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
5004 if (parent_a != parent_b)
5007 while (depth_a > depth_b)
5009 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5013 while (depth_b > depth_a)
5015 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5019 while (widget_a != widget_b)
5021 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5022 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5029 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
5030 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
5031 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
5032 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
5033 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
5034 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
5035 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
5037 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
5038 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
5039 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
5042 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
5043 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
5044 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
5047 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
5048 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
5054 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
5055 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
5056 GtkWidget *ancestor;
5058 GList *dest_list = NULL;
5060 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
5061 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5063 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5064 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5067 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5068 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5071 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5073 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5074 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5078 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5079 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5082 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5083 window = src_priv->window;
5084 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5088 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5093 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5095 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5100 window = dest_priv->window;
5101 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5103 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5105 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5107 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5109 g_list_free (dest_list);
5118 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5123 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5126 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5127 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5130 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5132 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5133 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5137 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5138 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5150 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5151 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5153 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5155 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5157 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5158 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5160 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5161 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5162 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5166 /* translate initial/final into start/end */
5168 effective_align (GtkAlign align,
5169 GtkTextDirection direction)
5173 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5174 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
5176 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
5183 adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
5185 gint *allocated_pos,
5186 gint *allocated_size)
5190 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5191 /* change nothing */
5193 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5194 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5195 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5198 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5200 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5201 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5204 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5205 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5207 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5208 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5215 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5219 gint *allocated_pos,
5220 gint *allocated_size)
5222 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5223 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5224 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5225 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5229 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5230 GtkOrientation orientation,
5233 gint *allocated_pos,
5234 gint *allocated_size)
5236 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5238 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5240 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5242 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5243 aux_info->margin.right,
5244 minimum_size, natural_size,
5245 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5246 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->halign, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
5247 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5251 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5252 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5253 minimum_size, natural_size,
5254 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5255 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
5256 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5261 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5264 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5266 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5267 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5268 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5269 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5273 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5274 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5275 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5277 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5278 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5279 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5280 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5281 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5282 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5283 * its ancestors mapped.
5285 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5290 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5293 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5294 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5295 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5296 return can_activate;
5305 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5306 GValue *return_value,
5307 guint n_param_values,
5308 const GValue *param_values,
5309 gpointer invocation_hint,
5310 gpointer marshal_data)
5312 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5313 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5316 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5318 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5319 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5323 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5325 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5327 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5329 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5330 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5332 g_slist_free (closures);
5336 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5339 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5340 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5341 GSList *slist, *closures;
5343 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5344 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5345 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5347 /* reuse this closure */
5348 closure = slist->data;
5353 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5354 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5355 g_closure_sink (closure);
5356 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5358 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5360 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5361 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5362 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5363 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5369 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator:
5370 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5371 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5372 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5373 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5374 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5375 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5377 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5378 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5379 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5380 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
5381 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5382 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5383 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5384 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5387 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5388 const gchar *accel_signal,
5389 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5391 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5392 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5397 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5398 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5399 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5401 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5402 if (!query.signal_id ||
5403 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5404 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5407 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5408 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5409 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5413 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5415 g_object_ref (widget);
5417 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5418 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5420 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5423 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5426 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5428 g_object_unref (widget);
5432 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5433 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5434 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5435 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5436 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5438 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5439 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5441 * Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5444 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5445 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5447 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5449 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5450 GList *slist, *clist;
5453 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5454 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5456 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5457 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5458 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5462 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5463 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5465 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5467 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5469 g_list_free (clist);
5474 g_list_free (clist);
5476 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5477 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5478 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5484 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5485 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5487 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5488 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5489 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5490 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5491 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5492 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5494 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5495 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5498 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5501 GList *clist = NULL;
5503 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5505 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5506 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5507 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5513 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5518 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5520 AccelPath *apath = data;
5522 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5524 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5525 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5527 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5532 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5533 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5534 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5535 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5537 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5538 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5539 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5540 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5541 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5542 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5543 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5544 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5546 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5547 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5548 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5551 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5552 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5553 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5555 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5556 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5557 * g_intern_static_string().
5560 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5561 const gchar *accel_path,
5562 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5566 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5567 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5571 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5572 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5574 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5575 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5576 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5577 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5578 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5583 /* also removes possible old settings */
5584 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5587 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5589 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5593 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5598 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5600 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5602 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5603 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5607 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5608 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5609 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5611 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5613 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5614 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5617 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5620 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5621 gboolean group_cycling)
5625 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5627 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5628 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5631 g_signal_emit (widget,
5632 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5640 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5641 gboolean group_cycling)
5643 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5644 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5645 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5646 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5649 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5650 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5651 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5656 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5659 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5661 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5663 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5667 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5668 GdkEventExpose *event)
5670 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5674 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5675 * @cr: a cairo context
5676 * @window: the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
5679 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5680 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5681 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5682 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5683 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5684 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5685 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5686 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5687 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5689 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5694 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5697 GdkEventExpose *event;
5699 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5700 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5702 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5704 return event == NULL ||
5705 event->window == window;
5709 gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
5711 /* labels are not clipped, because clipping them would cause
5712 * mnemonics to not appear on characters that go beyond the
5714 * https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=648570
5716 if (GTK_IS_LABEL (widget))
5722 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5726 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5728 gboolean clip_to_size)
5730 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5733 clip_to_size &= gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (widget);
5737 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5739 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5740 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5744 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5748 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5752 if (cairo_status (cr) &&
5753 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr))
5755 /* We check the event so we only warn about internal GTK calls.
5756 * Errors might come from PDF streams having write failures and
5757 * we don't want to spam stderr in that case.
5758 * We do want to catch errors from
5760 g_warning ("drawing failure for widget `%s': %s",
5761 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
5762 cairo_status_to_string (cairo_status (cr)));
5769 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5770 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5771 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5773 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5774 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5776 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5777 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5778 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5779 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5781 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5782 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5783 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5784 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5785 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5787 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5788 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5789 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5794 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5797 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5799 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5800 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5801 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5804 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5805 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5806 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5808 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5809 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5811 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5813 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5818 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5821 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5825 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5828 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5832 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5833 GdkEventFocus *event)
5835 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5841 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5842 GdkEventFocus *event)
5844 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5850 gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5851 GdkEventTouch *event)
5854 gboolean return_val;
5857 if (!event->emulating_pointer)
5860 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
5861 event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
5865 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN)
5867 type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
5868 signum = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5872 type = GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE;
5873 signum = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5875 bevent = gdk_event_new (type);
5876 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5877 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5878 bevent->button.time = event->time;
5879 bevent->button.state = event->state;
5880 bevent->button.button = 1;
5881 bevent->button.x_root = event->x_root;
5882 bevent->button.y_root = event->y_root;
5883 bevent->button.x = event->x;
5884 bevent->button.y = event->y;
5885 bevent->button.device = event->device;
5886 bevent->button.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5887 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5888 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5890 else if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE)
5892 signum = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5893 bevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY);
5894 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5895 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5896 bevent->motion.time = event->time;
5897 bevent->motion.state = event->state;
5898 bevent->motion.x_root = event->x_root;
5899 bevent->motion.y_root = event->y_root;
5900 bevent->motion.x = event->x;
5901 bevent->motion.y = event->y;
5902 bevent->motion.device = event->device;
5903 bevent->motion.is_hint = FALSE;
5904 bevent->motion.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5905 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5906 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5911 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signum], 0, bevent, &return_val);
5913 gdk_event_free (bevent);
5919 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
5920 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
5924 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5925 * @event: a #GdkEvent
5927 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5928 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
5929 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
5930 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
5931 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
5932 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
5933 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
5936 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5937 * the event was handled)
5940 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5943 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5944 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5946 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5948 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5949 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5950 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5954 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
5958 _gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
5959 GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
5961 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler", callback);
5965 _gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5968 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
5969 GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
5971 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5972 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5974 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5976 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5977 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5978 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5982 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
5985 handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler");
5989 g_object_ref (widget);
5991 return_val = handler (widget, event);
5992 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
5994 /* The widget that was originally to receive the event
5995 * handles motion hints, but the capturing widget might
5996 * not, so ensure we get further motion events.
5999 event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY &&
6000 event->motion.is_hint &&
6001 (gdk_window_get_events (event->any.window) &
6002 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK) != 0)
6003 gdk_event_request_motions (&event->motion);
6005 g_object_unref (widget);
6010 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
6012 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
6017 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
6019 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6021 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
6022 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
6030 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
6032 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
6035 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
6052 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
6053 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
6054 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
6055 * @window: the window to transform the context to
6057 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
6058 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
6059 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
6060 * modification will be applied.
6062 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
6063 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
6064 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
6065 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
6070 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
6076 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
6077 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6078 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
6080 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
6081 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
6085 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
6086 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6087 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
6089 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
6090 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
6091 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
6092 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
6093 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
6095 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
6096 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
6097 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
6098 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
6100 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
6101 * the event was handled)
6104 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
6107 gboolean result = FALSE;
6112 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6113 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
6114 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
6115 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
6117 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
6118 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
6120 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
6123 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
6124 event->expose.window,
6126 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
6128 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
6130 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
6131 * don't leak the window. */
6132 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
6139 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
6141 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
6142 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
6143 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
6144 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
6146 switch (event->type)
6149 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6150 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6151 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6152 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6154 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6155 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6157 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
6160 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
6161 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
6162 * on the second half.
6164 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6165 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6166 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6167 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6171 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
6172 * or don't have an associated window.
6179 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6182 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
6184 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
6185 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
6186 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
6189 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
6192 g_object_ref (widget);
6194 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
6195 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
6200 switch (event->type)
6206 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6207 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6208 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6209 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
6211 case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
6212 case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
6214 case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
6215 signal_num = TOUCH_EVENT;
6218 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
6220 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6221 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
6223 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6224 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6227 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
6230 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
6231 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6234 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6236 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6237 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6239 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6240 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6242 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6243 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6245 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6246 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6247 if (event->focus_change.in)
6248 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6250 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6253 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6256 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6259 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6261 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6262 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6264 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6265 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6267 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6268 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6270 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6271 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6273 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6274 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6276 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6277 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6279 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6280 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6282 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6283 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6285 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6286 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6289 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6292 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6296 if (signal_num != -1)
6297 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6299 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6300 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6304 g_object_unref (widget);
6310 * gtk_widget_activate:
6311 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6313 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6314 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6315 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6316 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6318 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6321 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6323 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6325 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6327 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6328 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6337 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6338 GdkWindow *new_window)
6340 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6342 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6344 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6347 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6349 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6352 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6353 while (child && child != widget)
6354 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6357 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6360 g_list_free (children);
6365 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6367 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6370 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6373 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6375 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6377 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6380 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6382 if (child == widget)
6383 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6386 g_list_free (children);
6392 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6393 gpointer client_data)
6395 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6397 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6399 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6402 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6403 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6405 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6407 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6408 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6409 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6415 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6416 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6417 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6419 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6420 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6423 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6424 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6426 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6428 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6429 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6430 priv = widget->priv;
6431 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6433 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6435 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6436 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6437 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6439 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6440 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6442 g_object_ref (widget);
6443 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6444 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6445 g_object_unref (widget);
6447 if (priv->in_reparent)
6449 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6451 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6452 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6453 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6456 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6461 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6462 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6463 * @area: a rectangle
6464 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6466 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6467 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6468 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6469 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6471 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6474 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6475 const GdkRectangle *area,
6476 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6478 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6483 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6484 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6486 priv = widget->priv;
6489 dest = intersection;
6493 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6495 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6497 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6498 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6505 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6506 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6507 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6508 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6509 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6510 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6512 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6513 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6516 * Returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6517 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to
6518 * @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent
6519 * window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6522 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6523 const cairo_region_t *region)
6526 cairo_region_t *dest;
6528 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6529 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6531 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6533 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6535 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6541 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6542 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6543 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6545 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6550 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6551 gboolean was_grabbed)
6553 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6557 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6558 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6560 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6561 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6562 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6564 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6565 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6567 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6568 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6569 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6572 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6574 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6576 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6579 g_object_ref (widget);
6580 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6581 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6582 g_object_unref (widget);
6586 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6589 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6591 GtkContainer *container;
6593 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6594 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6596 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6597 reset_focus_recurse,
6603 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6605 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6607 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6610 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6611 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6612 * be set by the next loop.
6614 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6615 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6617 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6619 if (widget == focus_widget)
6621 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6622 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6623 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6625 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6626 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6633 GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
6635 if (widget != common_ancestor)
6637 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != common_ancestor)
6639 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6640 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6645 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6647 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6648 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6651 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6652 reset_focus_recurse,
6656 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6657 * set it on the window
6659 widget = focus_widget;
6660 while (widget->priv->parent)
6662 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6663 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6665 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6666 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6671 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6674 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6675 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6677 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6678 gboolean has_tooltip;
6680 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6681 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6683 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6685 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6693 gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6694 GtkStateFlags old_state)
6696 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6700 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6702 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6704 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6706 if (priv->style != NULL &&
6707 priv->style != gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
6709 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6710 * widgets not listening to this
6712 g_signal_emit (widget,
6713 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6715 widget->priv->style);
6718 if (widget->priv->context)
6720 const GtkBitmask *changes = _gtk_style_context_get_changes (widget->priv->context);
6722 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6723 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
6724 !gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget))
6725 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6726 widget->priv->window);
6728 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6730 if (changes && _gtk_css_style_property_changes_affect_size (changes))
6731 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6733 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6738 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6739 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6744 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6745 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6747 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6749 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6758 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6759 GtkDirectionType direction)
6761 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6764 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6766 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6774 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6775 GtkDirectionType direction)
6777 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6779 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6781 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6787 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6788 GtkDirectionType direction)
6790 gboolean cursor_only;
6794 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6795 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6802 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6803 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6810 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6816 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6817 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6818 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6820 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6821 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6827 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6830 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6832 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6834 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6836 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6837 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6842 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6843 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6845 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6846 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6848 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6853 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6855 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6857 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6861 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6862 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6864 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6865 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6866 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6868 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6873 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6875 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6877 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6881 * gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
6882 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6884 * Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
6885 * it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
6886 * use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
6887 * indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
6888 * @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
6889 * about focus indication.
6891 * To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
6892 * gtk_widget_has_focus().
6894 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle'
6899 gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6901 gboolean draw_focus;
6903 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6905 if (widget->priv->has_focus)
6907 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6909 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6911 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6912 draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6923 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6924 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6926 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6927 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6928 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6929 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
6931 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
6934 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6936 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6938 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6940 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6942 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6943 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6949 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
6950 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6951 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6953 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6954 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6960 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6961 gboolean can_default)
6963 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6965 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
6967 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
6969 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6970 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
6975 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
6976 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6978 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6979 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6981 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
6986 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6988 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6990 return widget->priv->can_default;
6994 * gtk_widget_has_default:
6995 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6997 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
6998 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
7000 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
7001 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7006 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7008 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7010 return widget->priv->has_default;
7014 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7015 gboolean has_default)
7017 GtkStyleContext *context;
7019 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
7021 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
7024 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7026 gtk_style_context_remove_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7030 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
7031 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7033 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
7034 * a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
7035 * by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
7036 * The default widget is activated when
7037 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
7038 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
7039 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
7040 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
7041 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
7044 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7048 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7049 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
7051 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7053 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
7054 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
7056 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
7060 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
7061 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7062 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
7064 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
7065 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7068 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
7074 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7075 gboolean receives_default)
7077 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7079 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
7081 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
7083 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
7088 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
7089 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7091 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
7092 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7095 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
7097 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
7103 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7105 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7107 return widget->priv->receives_default;
7111 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
7112 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7114 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
7115 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
7117 * See also gtk_grab_add().
7119 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
7124 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
7126 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7128 return widget->priv->has_grab;
7132 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
7135 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
7139 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
7140 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7141 * @device: a #GdkDevice
7143 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
7144 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
7145 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
7146 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
7147 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
7149 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
7150 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
7155 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
7158 GtkWindowGroup *group;
7159 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
7161 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7162 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
7164 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
7167 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7169 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7170 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
7172 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
7174 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
7176 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
7178 widget != grab_widget &&
7179 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7182 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
7183 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
7184 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7191 * gtk_widget_set_name:
7192 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7193 * @name: name for the widget
7195 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
7196 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
7197 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
7198 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
7200 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
7201 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
7202 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
7203 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
7207 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
7210 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7213 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7215 priv = widget->priv;
7217 new_name = g_strdup (name);
7218 g_free (priv->name);
7219 priv->name = new_name;
7221 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_NAME);
7223 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
7227 * gtk_widget_get_name:
7228 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7230 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
7231 * significance of widget names.
7233 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
7234 * should not be modified or freed
7237 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
7239 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7241 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7243 priv = widget->priv;
7247 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
7251 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7252 GtkStateFlags flags,
7255 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7257 priv = widget->priv;
7259 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
7260 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
7262 if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7263 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7264 else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7265 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
7266 else if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && !(flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE))
7267 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7269 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7270 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7273 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7278 data.operation = operation;
7280 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7285 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
7286 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7287 * @flags: State flags to turn on
7288 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
7290 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
7291 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7293 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7294 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7295 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7296 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7297 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7298 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7303 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7304 GtkStateFlags flags,
7307 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7309 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7310 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7314 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7316 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7320 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7321 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7322 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7324 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7325 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7326 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7331 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7332 GtkStateFlags flags)
7334 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7336 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7339 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7343 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7344 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7346 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7347 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7348 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7349 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7351 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7356 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7358 GtkStateFlags flags;
7360 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7362 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7364 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7365 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7371 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7372 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7373 * @state: new state for @widget
7375 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7376 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7377 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7379 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7382 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7385 GtkStateFlags flags;
7387 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7392 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7393 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7395 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7396 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7398 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7399 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7401 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7402 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7404 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7405 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7407 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7408 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7410 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7416 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7420 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7421 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7423 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7425 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7429 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7432 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7434 GtkStateFlags flags;
7436 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7438 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7440 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7441 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7442 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7443 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7444 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7445 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7446 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7447 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7449 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7453 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7454 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7455 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7457 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7458 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7459 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7461 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7462 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7468 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7471 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7473 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7476 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7478 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7483 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7486 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7490 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7491 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7493 * Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
7494 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also marked as
7495 * visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
7497 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7499 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7501 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7506 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7508 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7510 return widget->priv->visible;
7514 * gtk_widget_is_visible:
7515 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7517 * Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
7520 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7522 * See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
7524 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
7529 gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7531 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7535 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
7540 widget = priv->parent;
7547 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7548 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7549 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7551 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7552 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7553 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7554 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7555 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7556 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7557 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7559 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7560 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7565 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7566 gboolean has_window)
7568 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7570 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7574 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7575 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7577 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7578 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7580 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7585 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7587 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7589 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7593 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7594 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7596 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7598 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7599 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7602 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7607 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7609 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7611 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7615 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7616 gboolean is_toplevel)
7618 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7622 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7623 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7625 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7626 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7628 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7633 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7635 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7637 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7638 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7642 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7643 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7645 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7647 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7652 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7654 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7656 return widget->priv->realized;
7660 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7661 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7662 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7664 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7666 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7667 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7672 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7675 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7677 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7681 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7682 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7684 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7686 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7691 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7693 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7695 return widget->priv->mapped;
7699 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7700 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7701 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7703 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7705 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7706 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7711 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7714 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7716 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7720 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7721 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7722 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7724 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7725 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7727 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7728 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7729 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7730 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7731 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7732 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7734 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7737 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7738 gboolean app_paintable)
7740 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7742 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7744 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7746 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7748 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7749 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7751 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7756 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7757 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7759 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7760 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7762 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7764 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7769 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7771 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7773 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7777 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7778 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7779 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7781 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7782 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7783 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7784 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7785 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint_region() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7786 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7787 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7788 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7789 * primitives being rendered.
7791 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7792 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7793 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7795 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7796 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7797 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7798 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region()).
7801 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7802 gboolean double_buffered)
7804 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7806 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7808 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7810 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7812 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7817 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7818 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7820 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7822 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7824 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7829 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7831 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7833 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7837 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7838 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7839 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7840 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7841 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7843 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7844 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7845 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7846 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7847 * setting off will improve performance.
7849 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7850 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7851 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7852 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7853 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7854 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7855 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7856 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7859 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7860 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7862 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7864 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7868 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7869 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7870 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7872 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7873 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7874 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7875 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7878 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7881 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7883 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7885 priv = widget->priv;
7887 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7889 if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7892 priv->sensitive = sensitive;
7894 if (priv->parent == NULL
7895 || gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
7899 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7902 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7904 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7906 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7908 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7911 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7915 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7916 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7918 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7919 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7921 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7922 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7924 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7929 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7931 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7933 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7937 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7938 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7940 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7941 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
7943 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7948 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7950 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7952 return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7956 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7957 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7958 * @parent: parent container
7960 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
7962 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
7963 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
7964 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
7965 * gtk_widget_unparent().
7968 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
7971 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
7972 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7975 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7976 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
7977 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
7979 priv = widget->priv;
7981 if (priv->parent != NULL)
7983 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
7986 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
7988 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
7992 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
7995 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
7997 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
7999 priv->parent = parent;
8001 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
8003 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
8004 * making sure to only propagate the right states */
8005 data.flags = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
8006 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
8008 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
8009 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
8012 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
8013 gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
8015 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
8017 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
8018 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
8019 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
8020 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
8022 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
8024 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
8025 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
8027 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
8028 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
8030 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
8031 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
8032 gtk_widget_map (widget);
8034 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8037 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
8038 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
8039 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
8040 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
8041 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
8042 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
8043 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
8045 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
8047 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
8048 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
8049 priv->computed_hexpand ||
8050 priv->computed_vexpand))
8052 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
8055 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
8059 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
8060 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8062 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
8064 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
8067 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
8069 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8071 return widget->priv->parent;
8075 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8078 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8081 static GtkModifierStyle *
8082 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8084 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8086 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8088 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8090 GtkStyleContext *context;
8092 style = _gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8093 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8094 quark_modifier_style,
8096 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8098 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8099 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8101 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8103 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8104 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8105 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8112 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8113 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8114 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8115 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8116 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8118 * Sets the color to use for a widget.
8120 * All other style values are left untouched.
8123 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
8124 * change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
8125 * library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
8126 * done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
8127 * widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
8128 * and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8130 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
8131 * with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
8132 * to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
8133 * this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
8136 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
8137 * results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
8138 * these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8139 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8146 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8147 GtkStateFlags state,
8148 const GdkRGBA *color)
8150 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8152 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8154 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8155 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8159 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8160 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8161 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8162 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8163 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8165 * Sets the background color to use for a widget.
8167 * All other style values are left untouched.
8168 * See gtk_widget_override_color().
8173 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8174 GtkStateFlags state,
8175 const GdkRGBA *color)
8177 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8179 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8181 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8182 _gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8186 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8187 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8188 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8189 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
8191 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8192 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8197 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8198 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8200 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8202 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8204 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8205 _gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8209 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8210 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8211 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8212 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8213 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8214 * calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
8216 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
8218 * All other style values are left untouched.
8219 * See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8220 * or background color.
8225 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8227 const GdkRGBA *color)
8229 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8231 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8233 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8234 _gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8238 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8239 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8240 * @cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8241 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8242 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8243 * @secondary_cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8244 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8245 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8247 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8248 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8249 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8250 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8252 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8253 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8258 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8259 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8260 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8262 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8264 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8266 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8267 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8269 "cursor-color", cursor);
8270 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8272 "secondary-cursor-color",
8277 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8278 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8280 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8284 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8285 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8290 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8291 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8292 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8293 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8296 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8297 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8298 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8300 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8302 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8306 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8308 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8311 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8313 if (new_screen && priv->context)
8314 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
8316 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8321 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8322 gpointer client_data)
8324 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8325 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8326 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8327 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8329 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8331 g_object_ref (widget);
8333 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8335 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8336 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8338 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8339 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8340 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8343 g_object_unref (widget);
8348 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8349 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8350 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8352 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8353 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8354 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8357 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8358 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8360 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8361 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8363 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8364 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8366 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8367 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8368 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8370 info.new_screen = NULL;
8372 if (info.previous_screen)
8373 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8374 if (previous_toplevel)
8375 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8377 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8379 if (previous_toplevel)
8380 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8381 if (info.previous_screen)
8382 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8386 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8387 gpointer client_data)
8389 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8391 g_object_ref (widget);
8393 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8395 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8396 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8397 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8400 g_object_unref (widget);
8404 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8405 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8407 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8408 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8409 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8411 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8412 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8413 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8415 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8416 * channel being drawn correctly.
8421 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8425 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8427 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8429 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8433 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8436 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8438 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8439 propagate_composited_changed,
8443 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8447 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8449 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8453 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8454 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8455 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8457 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8458 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8461 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8462 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8464 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8466 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8467 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8469 if (previous_screen)
8470 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8472 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8474 if (previous_screen)
8475 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8479 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8481 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8483 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8484 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8485 reset_style_recurse,
8490 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8491 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8493 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8494 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8495 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8496 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8501 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8503 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8505 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8507 g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
8508 (GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
8511 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8513 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8514 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8515 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8516 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8517 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8520 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8524 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8527 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8529 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8531 /* Mapped implies ... */
8533 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8534 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8535 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8537 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8538 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8539 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8541 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8543 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8544 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8545 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8550 /* Not mapped implies... */
8553 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8554 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8555 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8557 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8559 if (widget->priv->visible)
8560 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8561 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8566 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8567 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8568 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8570 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8573 parent->priv->realized)
8575 /* Parent realized implies... */
8578 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8579 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8580 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8581 * wait for map to fix things up.
8583 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8584 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8585 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8586 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8589 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8591 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8593 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8594 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8595 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8596 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8600 parent->priv->mapped &&
8601 widget->priv->visible &&
8602 widget->priv->child_visible)
8604 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8606 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8607 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8608 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8609 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8611 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8613 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8615 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8616 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8617 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8618 widget->priv->visible,
8619 widget->priv->child_visible,
8620 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8621 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8625 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8627 /* Not realized implies... */
8630 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8631 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8632 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8633 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8635 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8636 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8637 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8639 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8640 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8641 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8646 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8647 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8648 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8651 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8653 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8657 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8658 gpointer client_data)
8660 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8661 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8665 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8667 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8669 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8671 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8673 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8675 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8677 /* Check one level of children, because our
8678 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8679 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8680 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8681 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8682 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8685 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8686 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8691 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8693 static PangoContext *
8694 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8696 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8700 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8701 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8703 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8704 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8705 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8706 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8707 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8708 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
8710 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
8711 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
8712 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
8713 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
8715 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8718 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8720 PangoContext *context;
8722 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8724 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8727 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
8728 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8729 quark_pango_context,
8738 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
8739 PangoContext *context)
8741 PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
8742 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
8744 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8745 gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
8746 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget),
8750 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
8751 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
8752 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
8753 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
8755 pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
8759 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8761 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
8767 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8769 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8772 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
8773 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
8774 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
8775 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
8781 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
8782 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8784 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
8785 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8786 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
8788 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
8791 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8794 PangoContext *context;
8796 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8798 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8801 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
8802 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
8804 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
8807 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
8809 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8810 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
8816 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
8817 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8818 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
8820 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
8821 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8824 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
8825 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
8826 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
8827 * the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
8830 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
8833 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
8836 PangoLayout *layout;
8837 PangoContext *context;
8839 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8841 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
8842 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
8845 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
8851 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
8852 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8853 * @stock_id: a stock ID
8854 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
8855 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
8856 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
8858 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
8859 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
8860 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
8861 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
8862 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
8864 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
8865 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
8866 * after use with g_object_unref().
8868 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
8869 * stock ID wasn't known
8874 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
8875 const gchar *stock_id,
8878 GtkStyleContext *context;
8879 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
8881 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8882 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
8883 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
8885 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8886 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
8888 if (icon_set == NULL)
8891 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
8895 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
8896 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8897 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
8899 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
8901 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
8902 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
8906 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
8907 * window is realized.
8912 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8913 GdkWindow *parent_window)
8915 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
8917 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8919 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
8920 quark_parent_window);
8922 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
8926 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
8928 if (old_parent_window)
8929 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
8931 g_object_ref (parent_window);
8933 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
8934 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
8937 #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
8938 is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
8942 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
8943 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
8948 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
8949 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8951 * Gets @widget's parent window.
8953 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
8956 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
8958 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8959 GdkWindow *parent_window;
8961 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8963 priv = widget->priv;
8965 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
8967 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
8968 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
8973 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
8974 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8975 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
8977 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
8978 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
8980 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
8981 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
8982 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
8983 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
8984 * is removed from a container.
8986 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
8987 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
8988 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
8989 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
8990 * can queue a resize itself.
8992 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
8993 * never should be called by an application.
8996 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
8997 gboolean is_visible)
8999 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9001 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9002 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
9004 priv = widget->priv;
9006 g_object_ref (widget);
9007 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9010 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
9013 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9015 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9017 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9018 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9019 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9022 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9024 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9025 priv->child_visible &&
9026 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9027 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9029 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9032 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9033 g_object_unref (widget);
9037 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9038 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9040 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9041 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9042 * needs reorganization.
9044 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9045 * never should be called by an application.
9047 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9050 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9052 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9054 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9058 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9060 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9062 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9064 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9066 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9067 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9068 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9069 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9076 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9077 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9079 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9080 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9081 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9084 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9085 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9086 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9088 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9093 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9097 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9099 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9106 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9107 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9108 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9109 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9110 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9112 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9117 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9118 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9120 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9121 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9122 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9123 * window at the top.
9125 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9131 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9133 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9135 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9139 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9140 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9142 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9143 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9144 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9146 * In general, you should only create display specific
9147 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9148 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9150 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9155 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9157 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9159 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9163 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9164 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9166 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9167 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9168 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9170 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9171 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9172 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9173 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9175 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9180 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9182 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9184 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9188 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9189 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9190 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9192 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9193 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9194 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9195 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9196 * functions instead.
9198 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9199 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9200 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9201 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9202 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9203 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9205 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9206 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9207 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9208 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9209 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9210 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9212 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9215 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9216 GtkDirectionType direction)
9218 gboolean return_val;
9220 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9222 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9223 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9226 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9227 * don't have to though.
9229 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9230 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9233 g_signal_emit (widget,
9234 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9236 direction, &return_val);
9242 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9243 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9244 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9246 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9247 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9248 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9249 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9250 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9252 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9253 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9256 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9257 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9258 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9260 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9261 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9262 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9263 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9264 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9265 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9266 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9268 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9269 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9272 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9273 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9274 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9275 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9276 * that require entering license keys.
9278 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9279 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9280 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9285 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9286 GtkDirectionType direction)
9288 gboolean return_val;
9290 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9292 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9293 direction, &return_val);
9299 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9300 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9302 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9303 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9304 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9306 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9307 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9308 * or window manager that is used.
9313 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9315 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9316 GtkSettings* settings;
9319 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9321 priv = widget->priv;
9323 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9327 g_object_get (settings,
9328 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9331 if (beep && priv->window)
9332 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9336 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9339 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9341 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9342 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9344 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9346 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9348 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9350 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9351 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9352 aux_info->width = width;
9355 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9357 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9358 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9359 aux_info->height = height;
9363 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9365 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9366 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9368 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9371 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9375 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9376 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9377 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9378 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9380 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9381 * request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
9382 * function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
9384 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9385 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9386 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9387 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9388 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9389 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9391 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9392 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9393 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9394 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9397 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9398 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9399 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9400 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9401 * space than it requested.
9403 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9404 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9406 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9407 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9408 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9409 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9412 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9416 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9417 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9418 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9425 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9430 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9431 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9432 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9433 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9435 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9436 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9437 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9438 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9439 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9440 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9444 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9448 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9450 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9452 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9455 *width = aux_info->width;
9458 *height = aux_info->height;
9462 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9463 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9464 * @width: new forced minimum width
9465 * @height: new forced minimum height
9466 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9467 * @old_height: location to store previous forced minumum height
9469 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9470 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9471 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9472 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9473 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9474 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9475 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9479 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9485 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9486 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9487 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9491 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9492 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9493 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9494 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9496 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9499 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9503 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9504 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9508 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9509 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9510 * @events: event mask
9512 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9513 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9514 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9515 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9516 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9517 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9518 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9519 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9520 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9521 * and receive events on the event box.
9524 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9527 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9528 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9530 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9531 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9532 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9536 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9537 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9538 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9539 * @events: event mask
9541 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9542 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9543 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9544 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9545 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9546 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9547 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9548 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9549 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9550 * and receive events on the event box.
9555 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9557 GdkEventMask events)
9559 GHashTable *device_events;
9561 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9562 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9563 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9565 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9567 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9569 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9570 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9571 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9574 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9578 * gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
9579 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9580 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9581 * @enabled: whether to enable the device
9583 * Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
9584 * and all its children.
9586 * It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
9587 * and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
9588 * (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9593 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9597 GList *enabled_devices;
9599 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9600 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9602 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9603 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9605 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9606 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9608 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9609 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9613 * gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
9614 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9615 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9617 * Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
9618 * children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
9620 * Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
9625 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9628 GList *enabled_devices;
9630 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9631 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9633 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9635 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9639 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9646 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9648 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9651 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9652 if (user_data == widget)
9657 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9659 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9661 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9662 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9663 g_list_free (children);
9669 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9673 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9676 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9677 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9679 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9681 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9683 g_list_free (window_list);
9687 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9688 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9689 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9691 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9692 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9695 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9700 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9702 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9703 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9704 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9706 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9708 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
9709 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
9712 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9716 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
9717 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9718 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9719 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9721 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9722 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
9727 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9729 GdkEventMask events)
9731 GdkEventMask old_events;
9732 GHashTable *device_events;
9734 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9735 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9737 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
9739 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9741 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9743 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9744 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9745 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9748 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
9749 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9751 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9752 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
9754 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9758 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
9759 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9761 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
9762 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
9763 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
9764 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
9766 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
9767 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
9769 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
9770 * window was inside a #GtkWindow<!-- -->-derived widget which was in turn
9771 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
9772 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
9773 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
9775 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
9776 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
9777 * is set on the result.
9779 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9780 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9782 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
9786 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
9787 * if there's no ancestor.
9790 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
9792 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9794 while (widget->priv->parent)
9795 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9801 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
9802 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9803 * @widget_type: ancestor type
9805 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
9806 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
9807 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
9808 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
9809 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
9810 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
9812 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
9813 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
9815 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
9818 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
9821 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9823 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
9824 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9826 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
9833 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
9834 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9835 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
9837 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
9838 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
9839 * returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
9840 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
9842 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
9843 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
9846 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
9849 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9850 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
9853 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
9856 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
9858 g_object_ref (visual),
9863 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
9864 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9866 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
9868 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
9871 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
9877 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9879 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
9880 widget->priv->window)
9881 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
9883 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
9885 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
9887 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
9890 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
9893 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
9894 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
9898 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
9902 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
9903 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9905 * Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
9907 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
9908 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
9909 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
9911 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
9914 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
9916 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9918 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9922 * gtk_widget_get_events:
9923 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9925 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
9926 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
9929 * Return value: event mask for @widget
9932 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
9934 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9936 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9940 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
9941 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9942 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9944 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
9945 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
9947 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
9952 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9955 GHashTable *device_events;
9957 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9958 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
9960 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9965 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
9969 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
9970 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9971 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
9972 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
9974 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
9975 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
9976 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
9977 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
9978 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
9980 * Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_window_get_device_position() instead.
9983 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
9987 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9989 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9991 priv = widget->priv;
9998 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10000 gdk_window_get_device_position (priv->window,
10001 gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer (
10002 gdk_display_get_device_manager (
10003 gtk_widget_get_display (widget))),
10006 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10009 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
10011 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10017 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10018 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10019 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10021 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10022 * intermediate containers.
10024 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10025 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10028 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10029 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10031 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10032 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10036 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10038 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10044 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10047 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10048 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10049 * @name: the name to set
10051 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10052 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10055 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10058 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10059 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10060 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10062 if (!quark_composite_name)
10063 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10065 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10066 quark_composite_name,
10072 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10073 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10075 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10077 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10078 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10082 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10084 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10086 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10088 priv = widget->priv;
10090 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10091 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10098 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10100 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10101 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10103 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10104 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10105 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10106 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10107 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10109 * Here is a simple example:
10111 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10112 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10113 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10114 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10115 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10116 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10117 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10121 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10123 composite_child_stack++;
10127 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10129 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10132 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10134 if (composite_child_stack)
10135 composite_child_stack--;
10139 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10140 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10142 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10144 if (widget->priv->context)
10145 gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
10146 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
10148 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10152 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10153 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10154 * @dir: the new direction
10156 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10157 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10158 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10159 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10160 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10161 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10162 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10163 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10164 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10166 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10167 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10170 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10171 GtkTextDirection dir)
10173 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10175 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10176 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10178 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10180 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10182 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10183 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10187 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10188 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10190 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10191 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10193 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10196 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10198 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10200 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10201 return gtk_default_direction;
10203 return widget->priv->direction;
10207 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10209 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10211 g_object_ref (widget);
10213 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10214 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10216 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10217 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10218 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10221 g_object_unref (widget);
10225 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10226 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10227 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10229 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10230 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10233 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10235 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10237 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10239 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10240 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10242 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10244 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10245 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10249 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10250 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10251 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10252 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10255 g_list_free (toplevels);
10260 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10262 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10263 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10265 * Return value: the current default direction.
10268 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10270 return gtk_default_direction;
10274 gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
10276 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10277 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10279 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
10280 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
10281 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
10282 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
10285 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (priv->path))
10287 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10291 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
10295 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10297 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10298 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10301 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10302 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10303 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10305 priv->visible = FALSE;
10306 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10307 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10309 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10311 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10312 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10313 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10316 g_clear_object (&priv->muxer);
10318 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10322 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10324 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10325 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10326 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10328 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->accessible_type != GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
10330 GtkAccessible *accessible = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10334 gtk_accessible_set_widget (accessible, NULL);
10335 g_object_unref (accessible);
10339 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10340 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10341 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10343 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10344 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10346 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10349 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10350 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10351 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10355 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10357 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10358 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10359 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10360 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10362 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10364 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10365 priv->style = NULL;
10367 g_free (priv->name);
10369 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10371 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10373 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10375 g_object_unref (accessible);
10378 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10382 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, NULL);
10383 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10386 _gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
10388 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10389 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10390 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10391 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10392 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10394 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10397 /*****************************************
10398 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10403 *****************************************/
10406 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10408 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10410 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10412 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10414 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10416 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10417 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10421 /*****************************************
10422 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10427 *****************************************/
10430 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10432 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10434 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10436 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10438 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10439 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10443 /*****************************************
10444 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10449 *****************************************/
10452 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10454 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10456 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10458 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10461 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10462 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10466 /*****************************************
10467 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10472 *****************************************/
10475 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10477 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10479 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10481 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10484 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10485 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10486 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10487 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10490 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10491 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10492 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10495 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10497 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10498 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10499 priv->window = NULL;
10503 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10504 priv->window = NULL;
10507 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10509 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10513 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10514 GtkOrientation orientation,
10515 gint *minimum_size,
10516 gint *natural_size)
10518 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10520 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10522 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10523 aux_info->width > 0)
10525 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10527 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10528 aux_info->height > 0)
10530 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10533 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10534 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10535 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10537 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10539 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10541 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10542 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10546 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10547 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10552 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10554 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10555 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10557 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10560 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10562 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10563 return &widget->priv->requests;
10567 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10568 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10569 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10570 * @window: the new device window
10572 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
10573 * Does not ref @window.
10576 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10580 GHashTable *device_window;
10582 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10583 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10584 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10586 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10589 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10591 if (!device_window && window)
10593 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10594 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10595 quark_pointer_window,
10597 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10601 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10602 else if (device_window)
10604 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10606 if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
10607 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
10612 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10613 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10614 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10616 * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
10619 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10622 GHashTable *device_window;
10624 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10625 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10627 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10630 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10632 if (!device_window)
10635 return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10639 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10640 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10642 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
10643 * of any window belonging to @widget.
10644 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
10645 * by GTK+ and must not be freed.
10648 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10650 GHashTableIter iter;
10651 GHashTable *device_window;
10652 GList *devices = NULL;
10653 gpointer key, value;
10655 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10657 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10660 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10662 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10665 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10667 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10668 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
10674 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10678 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10679 GdkNotifyType detail)
10683 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10685 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10686 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10687 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10688 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10689 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10690 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10691 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10692 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10693 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10694 event->crossing.state = 0;
10695 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10698 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10701 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10703 gdk_event_free (event);
10707 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10708 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10709 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10710 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10712 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10714 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10715 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10716 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10717 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10718 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10719 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10720 * window should be the root window).
10722 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10723 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10724 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10725 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
10727 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
10728 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10729 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
10730 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
10732 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
10733 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
10734 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
10735 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10738 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
10741 GdkCrossingMode mode)
10743 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
10745 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
10749 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
10752 from_window = from->priv->window;
10757 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
10760 to_window = to->priv->window;
10763 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
10765 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
10767 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10768 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
10770 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
10772 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10773 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
10775 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10778 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10779 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10780 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10782 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10783 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10786 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
10788 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10790 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
10792 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10793 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
10795 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
10797 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10798 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
10800 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10803 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
10805 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10807 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10808 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10810 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10811 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10813 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10815 else if (from_window == to_window)
10819 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10820 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
10822 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
10824 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
10826 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10827 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10830 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10832 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
10834 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10835 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10838 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10841 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10843 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
10844 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10845 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10846 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10847 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10848 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10849 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10850 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10852 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10854 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10855 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10856 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10858 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10859 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10861 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
10862 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10863 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10867 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
10868 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
10870 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
10872 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
10875 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10876 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10878 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10880 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10881 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10883 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10885 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10886 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10888 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10889 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10891 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10892 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10897 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
10898 GtkStateData *data)
10900 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10901 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
10902 GtkStateType old_state;
10904 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
10906 switch (data->operation)
10908 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
10909 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
10911 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
10912 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
10914 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
10915 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
10919 /* make insensitivity unoverridable */
10920 if (!priv->sensitive)
10921 priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
10923 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10927 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10929 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
10930 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
10933 new_flags = priv->state_flags;
10935 if (old_flags != new_flags)
10937 g_object_ref (widget);
10939 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
10940 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10942 gtk_style_context_set_state (gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
10944 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
10945 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
10947 if (!priv->shadowed &&
10948 (new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
10950 GList *event_windows = NULL;
10951 GList *devices, *d;
10953 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
10955 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
10961 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
10963 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
10964 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
10966 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
10967 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
10970 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10971 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
10972 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10974 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
10975 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10977 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
10980 g_list_free (event_windows);
10981 g_list_free (devices);
10984 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10986 GtkStateData child_data = *data;
10988 /* Make sure to only propate the right states further */
10989 child_data.flags &= GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
10991 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10992 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
10996 g_object_unref (widget);
11000 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
11008 * gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
11009 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11010 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
11012 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
11014 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
11015 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11017 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
11018 gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11021 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11023 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11024 if (!aux_info && create)
11026 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11028 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11030 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11036 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11037 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11039 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11041 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11042 if (aux_info == NULL)
11044 return &default_aux_info;
11052 /*****************************************
11053 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11058 *****************************************/
11061 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11063 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11067 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11068 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11069 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11071 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11072 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11073 * for more information.
11078 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11079 cairo_region_t *region)
11081 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11083 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11084 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11085 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11087 priv = widget->priv;
11089 if (region == NULL)
11091 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11094 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11096 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11100 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11102 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11103 cairo_region_copy (region),
11104 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11106 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11107 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11110 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11115 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11116 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11117 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11119 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11120 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11121 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11126 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11127 cairo_region_t *region)
11129 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11131 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11132 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11133 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11135 priv = widget->priv;
11137 if (region == NULL)
11140 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11142 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11146 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11147 cairo_region_copy (region),
11148 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11150 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11151 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11154 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11159 /* style properties
11163 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11164 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11165 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11166 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11168 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11171 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11173 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11175 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11176 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11177 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11178 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11180 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11182 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11183 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11188 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11189 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11190 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11194 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11195 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11196 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11198 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11199 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11202 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11205 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11207 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11208 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11210 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11212 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11216 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11217 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11218 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11220 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11222 * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11223 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11228 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11229 const gchar *property_name)
11231 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11233 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11235 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11240 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11241 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11242 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11244 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11246 * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a
11247 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11248 * freed with g_free().
11253 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11254 guint *n_properties)
11256 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11259 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11260 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11269 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11270 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11271 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11272 * @value: location to return the property value
11274 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11277 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11278 const gchar *property_name,
11283 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11284 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11285 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11287 g_object_ref (widget);
11288 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11290 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11293 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11295 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11299 GtkStyleContext *context;
11300 const GValue *peek_value;
11301 GtkStateFlags state;
11303 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11304 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11306 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11307 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11310 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11312 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11313 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11314 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11315 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11317 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11319 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11320 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11322 g_object_unref (widget);
11326 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11327 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11328 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11329 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11330 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11331 * for @first_property_name.
11333 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11337 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11338 const gchar *first_property_name,
11341 GtkStyleContext *context;
11342 GtkStateFlags state;
11345 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11347 g_object_ref (widget);
11348 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11349 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11351 name = first_property_name;
11354 const GValue *peek_value;
11358 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11360 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11364 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11366 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11370 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11372 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11373 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11376 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11379 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11384 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11387 g_object_unref (widget);
11391 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11392 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11393 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11394 * @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
11395 * property values, starting with the location for
11396 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11398 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11401 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11402 const gchar *first_property_name,
11407 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11409 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11410 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11415 * gtk_requisition_new:
11417 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11419 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11420 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11425 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11427 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11431 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11432 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11434 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11436 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11439 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11441 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11445 * gtk_requisition_free:
11446 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11448 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11451 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11453 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11456 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11457 gtk_requisition_copy,
11458 gtk_requisition_free)
11461 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
11462 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
11463 * @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
11465 * Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
11466 * @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
11467 * accessibles of the parent class.
11469 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11474 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11477 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11479 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11480 g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
11482 priv = widget_class->priv;
11484 priv->accessible_type = type;
11485 /* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
11486 priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
11490 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
11491 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
11492 * @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
11494 * Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
11495 * widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
11496 * setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
11497 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
11499 * In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
11500 * accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
11501 * accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
11504 * If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
11505 * and the accessible's default role will be used instead.
11507 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11512 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11515 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11517 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11519 priv = widget_class->priv;
11521 priv->accessible_role = role;
11525 * _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
11526 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11528 * Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
11529 * Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget's implementation
11530 * does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
11533 * Returns: the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
11537 _gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11539 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11540 quark_accessible_object);
11544 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11545 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11547 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11548 * assistive technology.
11550 * If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
11551 * instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
11552 * implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
11553 * it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
11554 * class for which such an implementation is defined.
11556 * The documentation of the
11557 * <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11558 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11560 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11563 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11565 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11567 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11569 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11571 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11573 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11577 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11579 AtkObject* accessible;
11581 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11582 quark_accessible_object);
11585 GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
11586 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11587 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11588 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11590 widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11591 priv = widget_class->priv;
11593 if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
11595 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11596 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11597 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11599 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11600 G_OBJECT (widget));
11602 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11603 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11605 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11606 quark_accessible_object,
11611 accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
11614 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11615 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11617 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11618 quark_accessible_object,
11621 atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
11623 /* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
11624 * in some parent initialize() function to override
11627 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11628 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11635 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11636 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11639 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11641 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11645 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11647 AtkObject *accessible;
11649 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11651 g_object_ref (accessible);
11656 * Expand flag management
11660 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11662 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11664 priv = widget->priv;
11666 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
11670 if (priv->hexpand_set)
11675 if (priv->vexpand_set)
11680 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
11681 * forced by the app
11683 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
11685 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
11689 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
11690 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
11691 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
11695 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
11696 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
11697 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
11702 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
11703 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11705 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
11706 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
11707 * on the child of a container.
11709 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
11712 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11715 gboolean changed_anything;
11717 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
11720 changed_anything = FALSE;
11722 while (parent != NULL)
11724 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
11726 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
11727 changed_anything = TRUE;
11730 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
11731 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
11732 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
11733 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
11734 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
11735 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
11736 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
11737 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
11740 parent = parent->priv->parent;
11743 /* recomputing expand always requires
11744 * a relayout as well
11746 if (changed_anything)
11747 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
11751 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
11752 * @widget: the widget
11753 * @orientation: expand direction
11755 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
11756 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
11757 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
11759 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
11760 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
11761 * widgets are not expanded.
11763 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
11764 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
11765 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
11767 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
11770 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11771 GtkOrientation orientation)
11773 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11775 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
11776 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
11779 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
11781 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11783 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
11787 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
11792 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11793 GtkOrientation orientation,
11796 const char *expand_prop;
11797 const char *expand_set_prop;
11799 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11801 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11803 priv = widget->priv;
11805 expand = expand != FALSE;
11807 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
11809 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11811 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
11812 priv->hexpand == expand)
11815 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
11816 priv->hexpand = expand;
11818 expand_prop = "hexpand";
11819 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
11823 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
11824 priv->vexpand == expand)
11827 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
11828 priv->vexpand = expand;
11830 expand_prop = "vexpand";
11831 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
11834 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11836 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11837 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
11838 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
11839 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
11840 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
11841 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11845 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11846 GtkOrientation orientation,
11849 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11852 priv = widget->priv;
11854 set = set != FALSE;
11856 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11858 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
11861 priv->hexpand_set = set;
11862 prop = "hexpand-set";
11866 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
11869 priv->vexpand_set = set;
11870 prop = "vexpand-set";
11873 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11875 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
11879 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
11880 * @widget: the widget
11882 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11883 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11884 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11885 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11888 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
11889 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
11890 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
11891 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
11893 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
11894 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
11897 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
11900 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
11902 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11904 return widget->priv->hexpand;
11908 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
11909 * @widget: the widget
11910 * @expand: whether to expand
11912 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11913 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11914 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11915 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11918 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
11919 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
11922 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
11923 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
11924 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
11925 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
11926 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
11927 * method on #GtkWidget.).
11929 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
11930 * automatic expand behavior.
11932 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
11933 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
11934 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
11935 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
11936 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
11939 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
11942 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11944 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
11948 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
11949 * @widget: the widget
11951 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
11952 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
11954 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11955 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11956 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11957 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11959 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11960 * for completeness and consistency.
11962 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
11965 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
11967 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11969 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
11973 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
11974 * @widget: the widget
11975 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
11977 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
11980 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
11981 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
11982 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
11985 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11986 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11987 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11988 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11990 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11991 * for completeness and consistency.
11994 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11997 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11999 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
12004 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
12005 * @widget: the widget
12007 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12010 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
12012 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
12015 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12017 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12019 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12023 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12024 * @widget: the widget
12025 * @expand: whether to expand
12027 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12030 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12033 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12036 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12038 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12042 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12043 * @widget: the widget
12045 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12046 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12048 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12050 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12053 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12055 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12057 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12061 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12062 * @widget: the widget
12063 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12065 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12068 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12071 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12074 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12076 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12080 * GtkBuildable implementation
12082 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12083 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12084 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12085 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12088 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12090 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12091 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12092 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12093 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12095 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12096 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12097 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12098 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12099 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12100 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12101 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12105 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12108 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12109 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12112 static const gchar *
12113 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12115 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12119 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12120 GtkBuilder *builder,
12121 const gchar *childname)
12123 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12124 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12130 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12131 GtkBuilder *builder,
12133 const GValue *value)
12135 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12136 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12137 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12138 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12139 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12140 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12142 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12147 gchar *action_name;
12148 GString *description;
12150 gboolean translatable;
12160 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12162 g_free (data->action_name);
12163 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12164 g_free (data->context);
12165 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12169 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12171 g_free (data->target);
12172 g_free (data->type);
12173 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12177 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12178 GtkBuilder *builder)
12180 GSList *atk_relations;
12182 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12183 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12184 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12185 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12187 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12188 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12191 AtkObject *accessible;
12192 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12195 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12196 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12198 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12199 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12201 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12203 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12205 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12208 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12212 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12213 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12215 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12216 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12218 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12222 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12223 target_accessible);
12225 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12227 g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
12228 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12237 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12240 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12241 const gchar *element_name,
12242 const gchar **names,
12243 const gchar **values,
12244 gpointer user_data,
12247 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12249 gint line_number, char_number;
12251 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12253 gchar *target = NULL;
12254 gchar *type = NULL;
12255 AtkRelationData *relation;
12257 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12259 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12260 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12261 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12262 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12265 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12268 g_set_error (error,
12270 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12271 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12273 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12280 if (!target || !type)
12282 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12285 g_set_error (error,
12287 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12288 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12290 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12291 type ? "target" : "type");
12297 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12298 relation->target = target;
12299 relation->type = type;
12301 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12303 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12305 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12306 const gchar *description = NULL;
12307 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12308 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12309 AtkActionData *action;
12311 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12313 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12314 action_name = values[i];
12315 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12316 description = values[i];
12317 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12319 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12322 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12324 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12326 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12327 msg_context = values[i];
12330 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12333 g_set_error (error,
12335 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12336 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12338 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12345 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12348 g_set_error (error,
12350 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12351 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12353 line_number, char_number, "action",
12358 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12359 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12360 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12361 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12362 action->translatable = translatable;
12364 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12366 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12369 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12373 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12376 gpointer user_data,
12379 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12381 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12383 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12385 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12389 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12391 accessibility_start_element,
12393 accessibility_text,
12402 } AccelGroupParserData;
12405 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12406 const gchar *element_name,
12407 const gchar **names,
12408 const gchar **values,
12409 gpointer user_data,
12414 guint modifiers = 0;
12415 gchar *signal = NULL;
12416 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12418 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12420 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12421 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12422 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12424 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12430 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12431 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12434 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12436 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12439 parser_data->key = key;
12440 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12441 parser_data->signal = signal;
12444 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12446 accel_group_start_element,
12455 style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12456 const gchar *element_name,
12457 const gchar **names,
12458 const gchar **values,
12459 gpointer user_data,
12462 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12465 if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
12467 if (g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name,
12471 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP, "name", &class_name,
12472 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
12474 style_data->classes = g_slist_append (style_data->classes, class_name);
12477 else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
12480 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12483 static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
12485 style_start_element,
12489 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12490 GtkBuilder *builder,
12492 const gchar *tagname,
12493 GMarkupParser *parser,
12496 g_assert (buildable);
12498 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12500 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12502 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12503 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12504 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12505 *data = parser_data;
12508 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12510 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12512 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12513 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12514 *data = parser_data;
12517 if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12519 StyleParserData *parser_data;
12521 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
12522 *parser = style_parser;
12523 *data = parser_data;
12531 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12532 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12533 gpointer user_data)
12535 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12536 GSList *accel_groups;
12537 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12539 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12540 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12541 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12543 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12544 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12545 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12547 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12548 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12552 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12553 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12556 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12557 accel_data->signal,
12560 accel_data->modifiers,
12561 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12563 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12564 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12565 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12569 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12570 GtkBuilder *builder,
12572 const gchar *tagname,
12573 gpointer user_data)
12575 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12577 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12578 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12580 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12581 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12583 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12585 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12587 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12589 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12591 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12593 if (a11y_data->actions)
12595 AtkObject *accessible;
12600 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12602 if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
12604 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12605 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12607 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12609 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12611 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12612 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12613 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12618 gchar *description;
12620 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12621 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12622 action_data->context,
12623 action_data->description->str);
12625 description = action_data->description->str;
12627 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12632 g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
12634 g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
12637 if (a11y_data->relations)
12638 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12639 a11y_data->relations);
12641 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12643 else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12645 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12646 GtkStyleContext *context;
12649 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12651 for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
12652 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
12654 gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12656 g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
12657 g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
12661 static GtkSizeRequestMode
12662 gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
12664 /* By default widgets dont trade size at all. */
12665 return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
12669 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12670 gint *minimum_size,
12671 gint *natural_size)
12681 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12682 gint *minimum_size,
12683 gint *natural_size)
12693 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12695 gint *minimum_height,
12696 gint *natural_height)
12698 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12702 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12704 gint *minimum_width,
12705 gint *natural_width)
12707 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12711 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12712 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12714 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12716 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12719 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12721 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12722 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12726 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12727 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12728 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12730 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12731 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12734 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12737 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12739 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12741 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12743 if (aux_info->halign == align)
12746 aux_info->halign = align;
12747 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12748 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
12752 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
12753 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12755 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12757 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
12760 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
12762 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12763 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
12767 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
12768 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12769 * @align: the vertical alignment
12771 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
12772 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12775 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
12778 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12780 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12782 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12784 if (aux_info->valign == align)
12787 aux_info->valign = align;
12788 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12789 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
12793 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
12794 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12796 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12798 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
12803 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
12805 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12807 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
12811 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
12812 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12813 * @margin: the left margin
12815 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
12816 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12821 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
12824 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12826 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12827 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12829 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12831 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
12834 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
12835 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12836 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
12840 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
12841 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12843 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12845 * Returns: The right margin of @widget
12850 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
12852 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12854 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
12858 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
12859 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12860 * @margin: the right margin
12862 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
12863 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12868 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
12871 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12873 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12874 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12876 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12878 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
12881 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
12882 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12883 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
12887 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
12888 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12890 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12892 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
12897 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
12899 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12901 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
12905 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
12906 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12907 * @margin: the top margin
12909 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
12910 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12915 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
12918 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12920 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12921 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12923 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12925 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
12928 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
12929 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12930 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
12934 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
12935 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12937 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12939 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
12944 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
12946 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12948 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
12952 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
12953 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12954 * @margin: the bottom margin
12956 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
12957 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12962 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
12965 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12967 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12968 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12970 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12972 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
12975 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
12976 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12977 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
12981 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
12982 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12983 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
12984 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
12985 * default clipboard. Another common value
12986 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
12987 * the primary X selection.
12989 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
12990 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
12991 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
12994 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
12995 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
12996 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
12997 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
13002 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
13004 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13005 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
13007 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
13012 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
13013 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13015 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13016 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13017 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13019 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13020 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13021 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13022 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13023 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13024 * widgets afterwards.
13026 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13027 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13028 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13033 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13035 GList *list = NULL;
13038 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13040 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13041 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13047 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13048 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13049 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13051 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13052 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13053 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13054 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13055 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13056 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13061 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13064 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13066 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13067 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13069 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13070 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13072 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13073 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13077 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13078 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13079 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13080 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13082 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13083 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13084 * must have previously been added to the list with
13085 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13090 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13093 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13095 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13096 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13098 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13099 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13102 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13103 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13107 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13108 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13110 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13111 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13112 * will affect this widget.
13114 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13119 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13121 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13123 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13127 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13128 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13129 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13131 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13132 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13134 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13135 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13140 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13141 gboolean no_show_all)
13143 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13145 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13147 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13149 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13151 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13157 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13158 gboolean has_tooltip,
13161 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13162 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13164 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13165 quark_has_tooltip));
13167 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13169 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13171 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13173 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13174 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13175 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13176 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13177 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13178 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13180 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13181 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13182 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13183 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13184 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13187 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13188 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13193 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13194 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13195 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13197 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13198 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13199 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13200 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13201 * tooltip window will be used.
13203 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13204 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13209 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13210 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13212 gboolean has_tooltip;
13213 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13215 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13216 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13218 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13221 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13223 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13224 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13226 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13227 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13229 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13230 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13234 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13235 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13237 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13238 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13239 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13241 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13246 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13248 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13250 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13254 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13255 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13257 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13258 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13264 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13266 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13269 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13270 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13273 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13275 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13276 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13277 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13279 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13280 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13286 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13288 GdkDisplay *display;
13290 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13292 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13293 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13295 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13296 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13300 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13301 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13302 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13304 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13305 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13306 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13308 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13313 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13316 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13318 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13322 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13323 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13325 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13327 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13328 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13333 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13335 gchar *text = NULL;
13337 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13339 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13345 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13346 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13347 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13349 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13350 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13352 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13353 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13355 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13356 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13361 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13362 const gchar *markup)
13364 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13366 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13370 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13371 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13373 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13375 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13376 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13381 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13383 gchar *text = NULL;
13385 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13387 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13393 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13394 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13395 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13397 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13398 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13403 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13404 gboolean has_tooltip)
13406 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13408 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13412 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13413 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13415 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13416 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13418 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13423 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13425 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13427 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13429 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13431 return has_tooltip;
13435 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13436 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13437 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13439 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13441 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13442 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13443 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13444 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13445 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13446 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13447 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13448 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13449 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13450 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13451 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13452 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13453 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13454 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13459 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13460 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13462 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13464 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13465 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13467 priv = widget->priv;
13469 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13473 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13474 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13475 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13477 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13478 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13480 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13481 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13482 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13483 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13484 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13490 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13491 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13493 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13495 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13496 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13498 priv = widget->priv;
13500 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13504 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13505 * @widget: the widget to query
13507 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13508 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13509 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13511 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13514 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13516 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13518 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13522 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13523 * @widget: the widget to query
13525 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13526 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13527 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13529 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13532 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13534 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13536 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13540 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13541 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13542 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13544 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13546 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13547 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13548 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13549 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13551 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13555 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13556 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13557 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13560 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13561 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13563 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13564 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13566 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13570 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13571 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13572 * @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
13574 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13575 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13576 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13577 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13578 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13580 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13581 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13582 * widget's init() function.
13584 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13589 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13592 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13594 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13595 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13597 priv = widget->priv;
13599 if (priv->window != window)
13601 priv->window = window;
13602 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13607 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13608 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13610 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13612 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13617 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13619 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13621 return widget->priv->window;
13625 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13626 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13628 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13629 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13631 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13634 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13636 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13638 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13642 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13643 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13644 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13646 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13647 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13648 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13649 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13654 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13655 gboolean support_multidevice)
13657 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13659 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13661 priv = widget->priv;
13662 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13664 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13665 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13669 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13670 gboolean has_focus)
13672 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13675 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13677 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13681 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13682 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13683 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13685 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13687 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13688 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13689 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13690 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13691 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13693 * An example of its usage is:
13696 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13698 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13699 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13700 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13701 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13702 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13704 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13706 * gdk_event_free (event);
13709 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13710 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13715 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13720 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13721 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13723 g_object_ref (widget);
13725 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13727 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13729 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13731 g_object_unref (widget);
13737 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13738 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13740 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13741 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13742 * unnecessary work.
13744 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13747 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13749 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13753 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
13755 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
13759 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
13760 gboolean in_reparent)
13762 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
13766 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
13768 return widget->priv->anchored;
13772 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
13775 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
13779 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
13781 return widget->priv->shadowed;
13785 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
13788 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
13792 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13794 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
13798 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13799 gboolean alloc_needed)
13801 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
13805 _gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13810 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13811 groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
13812 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13814 widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
13818 _gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13823 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13824 groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
13825 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13827 widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
13831 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
13833 if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
13834 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13840 _gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13843 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13847 _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13850 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13854 * gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
13855 * @path: a widget path
13856 * @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
13858 * Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
13859 * by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
13860 * @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
13861 * adding the style classes from @widget.
13863 * Returns: the position where the data was inserted
13868 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
13873 g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
13874 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13876 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
13878 if (widget->priv->name)
13879 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
13881 if (widget->priv->context)
13883 GList *classes, *l;
13885 /* Also add any persistent classes in
13886 * the style context the widget path
13888 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
13890 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
13891 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (path, pos, l->data);
13893 g_list_free (classes);
13900 _gtk_widget_create_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13904 parent = widget->priv->parent;
13907 return gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
13910 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
13911 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
13912 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
13915 GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
13916 GtkWidgetPath *result;
13918 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
13919 attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
13921 if (attach_widget != NULL)
13922 result = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
13924 result = gtk_widget_path_new ();
13926 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (result, widget);
13933 * gtk_widget_get_path:
13934 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13936 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
13937 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
13940 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
13943 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13945 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13947 if (!widget->priv->path)
13948 widget->priv->path = _gtk_widget_create_path (widget);
13950 return widget->priv->path;
13954 _gtk_widget_style_context_invalidated (GtkWidget *widget)
13956 if (widget->priv->path)
13958 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
13959 widget->priv->path = NULL;
13962 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13963 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
13966 /* Compress all style updates so it
13967 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
13969 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
13974 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
13975 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13977 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
13979 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
13980 * must not be freed.
13983 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
13985 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13987 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13989 priv = widget->priv;
13991 if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
13995 priv->context = gtk_style_context_new ();
13997 gtk_style_context_set_direction (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
13999 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
14001 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
14004 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
14005 gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
14007 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, widget);
14010 return widget->priv->context;
14014 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (GtkWidget *widget,
14015 GtkCssChange change)
14017 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14019 priv = widget->priv;
14021 if (priv->context == NULL)
14024 _gtk_style_context_queue_invalidate (priv->context, change);
14028 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
14029 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14030 * @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
14032 * Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend
14033 * uses for a particular purpose.
14035 * See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
14037 * Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
14042 gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
14043 GdkModifierIntent intent)
14045 GdkDisplay *display;
14047 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
14049 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
14051 return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
14056 _gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
14058 return widget->priv->style;
14062 _gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
14065 widget->priv->style = style;
14069 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14072 GActionMuxer *parent_muxer;
14074 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14077 if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))
14078 parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));
14080 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
14082 parent_muxer = parent ? _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent) : NULL;
14084 g_action_muxer_set_parent (widget->priv->muxer, parent_muxer);
14088 _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14090 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14092 widget->priv->muxer = g_action_muxer_new ();
14093 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
14096 return widget->priv->muxer;
14100 * gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
14101 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14102 * @name: the prefix for actions in @group
14103 * @group: a #GActionGroup
14105 * Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
14106 * #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
14107 * setting their 'action-name' to
14108 * @prefix.<replaceable>action-name</replaceable>.
14113 gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
14115 GActionGroup *group)
14117 GActionMuxer *muxer;
14119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
14120 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
14122 muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget);
14125 g_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
14127 g_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);